1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H) */
64 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
65 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
68 #include "character.h"
71 #include "dispextern.h"
73 #include "termhooks.h"
76 #include "emacs-icon.h"
81 #include "intervals.h"
87 #include "xsettings.h"
89 #include "sysselect.h"
92 #include <X11/Shell.h>
95 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
107 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
108 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
111 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
113 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
117 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148 #ifndef XtNinitialState
149 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
153 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
157 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
162 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
164 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
166 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
169 static int any_help_event_p
;
171 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
172 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
174 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
176 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
178 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
180 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
182 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
185 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
187 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
188 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
189 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
190 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
192 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
194 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
195 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
196 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
197 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
199 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
201 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
203 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
210 } pending_event_wait
;
213 /* The application context for Xt use. */
214 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
215 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
218 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
220 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
223 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
225 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
227 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
228 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
229 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
231 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
235 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
236 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
237 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
238 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
240 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
242 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
243 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
244 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
245 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
246 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
247 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
248 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
249 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
250 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
253 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
255 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
256 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
259 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
261 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
262 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
265 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
266 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
269 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
271 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
272 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
273 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
274 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
275 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
276 it's somewhat accurate. */
278 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
280 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
282 static Time last_user_time
;
284 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
288 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
290 static int input_signal_count
;
293 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
295 static int x_noop_count
;
297 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
299 extern char **initial_argv
;
300 extern int initial_argc
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
304 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
306 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
308 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
324 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
325 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
327 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
328 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
331 /* Used in x_flush. */
333 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
335 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
336 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
338 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
339 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
340 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
341 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
343 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
344 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
345 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
346 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
349 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
350 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
354 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
355 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
356 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
357 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
358 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
359 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
360 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
361 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
362 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
364 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
365 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
366 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
367 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
368 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
369 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
370 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
371 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
372 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
374 static void x_handle_net_wm_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*));
375 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
376 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
377 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
378 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
379 int *, struct input_event
*));
380 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
381 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
382 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
385 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
391 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
392 connection may be broken. */
393 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
399 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
400 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
401 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
402 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
404 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
405 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
410 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
411 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
412 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
413 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
414 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
417 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
420 /***********************************************************************
422 ***********************************************************************/
426 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
427 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
435 struct record event_record
[100];
437 int event_record_index
;
439 record_event (locus
, type
)
443 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
444 event_record_index
= 0;
446 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
447 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
448 event_record_index
++;
455 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
457 struct x_display_info
*
458 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
463 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
464 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
470 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
471 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
474 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
477 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
478 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
479 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
481 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
484 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
485 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
486 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
487 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
489 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
494 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
495 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
496 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
497 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
501 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
503 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
506 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
508 /* return unless necessary */
513 unsigned long n
, left
;
515 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
516 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
517 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
518 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
521 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
522 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
524 XFree ((void *) data
);
529 XFree ((void *) data
);
533 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
534 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
535 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
536 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
541 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
542 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
544 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
548 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
549 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
551 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
555 /***********************************************************************
556 Starting and ending an update
557 ***********************************************************************/
559 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
560 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
561 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
562 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
563 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
573 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
574 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
578 x_update_window_begin (w
)
581 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
582 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
585 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
589 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
591 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
592 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
594 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
596 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
597 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
604 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
607 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
611 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
614 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
616 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
619 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
620 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
623 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
625 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
626 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
628 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
629 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
630 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
632 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
633 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
637 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
639 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
641 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
643 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
648 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
650 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
652 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
653 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
658 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
659 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
660 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
662 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
663 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
664 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
667 updated_window
= NULL
;
671 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
678 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
679 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
683 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
689 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
690 complete update has been performed. The global variable
691 updated_window is not available here. */
694 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
699 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
701 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
702 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
705 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
706 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
707 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
708 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
709 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
716 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
717 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
718 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
719 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
720 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
721 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
724 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
725 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
727 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
733 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
734 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
736 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
737 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
738 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
739 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
740 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
741 overhead is very small. */
742 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
743 && desired_row
->full_width_p
744 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
745 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
747 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
750 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
753 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
754 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
755 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
756 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
757 y
, width
, height
, False
);
763 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
765 struct glyph_row
*row
;
766 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
768 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
769 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
770 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
771 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
772 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
775 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
776 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
779 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
782 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
783 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
784 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
785 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
787 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
790 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
794 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
796 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
797 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
798 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
799 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
801 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
803 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
805 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
806 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
807 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
808 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
809 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
810 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
811 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
812 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
814 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
818 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
819 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
820 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
824 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
825 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
826 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
827 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
831 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
833 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
834 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
836 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
841 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
843 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
844 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
846 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
847 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
852 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
853 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
856 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
862 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
863 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
867 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
869 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
871 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
873 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
875 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
876 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
878 face
->background
, depth
);
882 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
883 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
886 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
887 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
888 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
889 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
892 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
893 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
894 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
898 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
899 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
900 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
904 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
909 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
910 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
911 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
915 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
919 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
920 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
923 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
928 /***********************************************************************
930 ***********************************************************************/
934 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
935 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
936 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
938 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
939 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
940 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
942 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
943 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
944 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
946 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
947 unsigned long *, double, int));
948 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
949 double, int, unsigned long));
950 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
952 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
953 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
954 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
955 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
957 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
958 int, int, int, int, int, int,
960 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
961 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
964 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
968 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
973 struct glyph_string
*s
;
975 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
976 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
977 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
979 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
982 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
986 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
987 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
989 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
990 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
991 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
992 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
993 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
994 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
995 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
997 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
998 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
999 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1001 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1002 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1005 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1006 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1007 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1009 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1010 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1013 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1014 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1016 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1021 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1024 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1025 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1030 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1031 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1032 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1034 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1036 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1037 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1039 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1040 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1041 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1043 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1044 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1047 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1052 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1053 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1054 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1055 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1057 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1058 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1061 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1062 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1064 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1067 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1071 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1072 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1073 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1076 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1077 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1079 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1083 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1084 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1088 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1089 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1091 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1093 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1095 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1096 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1098 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1100 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1101 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1103 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1105 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1108 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1110 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1111 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1113 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1114 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1116 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1121 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1122 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1125 /* GC must have been set. */
1126 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1130 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1131 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1134 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1135 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1137 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1138 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1141 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1146 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1147 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1151 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1152 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1157 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1159 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1162 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1167 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1170 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1171 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1174 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1175 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1177 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1179 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1181 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1182 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1185 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1186 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1187 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1191 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1193 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1195 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1196 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1197 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1201 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1202 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1207 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1210 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1211 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1215 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1216 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1217 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1218 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1222 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1223 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1224 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1225 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1226 contains the first component of a composition. */
1229 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1230 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1233 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1234 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1235 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1237 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1241 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1242 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1243 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1244 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1245 s
->background_width
,
1246 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1247 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1248 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1250 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1251 || s
->font_not_found_p
1252 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1255 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1256 s
->background_width
,
1257 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1258 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1264 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1267 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1268 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1272 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1273 of S to the right of that box line. */
1274 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1275 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1276 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1280 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1282 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1284 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1286 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1287 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1288 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1290 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1295 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1296 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1299 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1300 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1302 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1304 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1307 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1308 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1309 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1313 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1316 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1317 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1320 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1322 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1323 of S to the right of that box line. */
1324 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1325 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1326 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1330 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1331 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1332 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1333 this composition. */
1335 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1336 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1337 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1339 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1340 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1341 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1343 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1347 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1348 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1350 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1351 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1353 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1354 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1355 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1360 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1365 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1367 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1368 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1369 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1372 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1376 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1377 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1378 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1381 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1382 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1383 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1384 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1385 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1386 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1394 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1395 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1396 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1402 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1404 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1405 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1406 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1407 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1408 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1411 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1412 cannot be determined. */
1414 static struct frame
*
1415 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1418 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1422 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1424 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1425 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1426 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1427 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1428 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1429 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1431 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1432 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1433 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1434 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1435 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1437 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1438 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1439 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1446 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1447 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1448 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1449 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1452 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1457 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1458 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1462 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1463 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1464 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1465 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1466 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1467 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1470 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1474 unsigned long *pixel
;
1478 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1479 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1483 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1484 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1486 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1488 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1490 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1495 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1496 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1498 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1501 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1503 DPY is the display we are working on.
1505 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1506 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1507 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1508 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1510 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1511 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1513 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1514 we allocated the color or not.
1516 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1519 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1523 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1524 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1534 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1535 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1537 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1541 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1542 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1543 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1545 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1547 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1548 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1550 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1552 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1553 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1555 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1556 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1558 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1559 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1564 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1566 params
[0] = color_name
;
1567 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1568 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1569 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1574 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1576 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1578 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1582 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1586 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1587 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1590 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1595 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1596 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1597 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1599 APP is the application context in which we work.
1601 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1602 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1603 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1605 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1608 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1617 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1619 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1622 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1624 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1625 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1626 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1627 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1628 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1633 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1636 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1637 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1638 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1639 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1641 static const XColor
*
1642 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1646 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1648 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1650 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1653 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1654 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1655 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1656 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1657 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1659 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1660 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1662 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1663 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1666 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1667 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1671 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1672 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1675 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1680 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1682 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1685 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1687 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1688 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1689 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1690 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1694 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1698 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1699 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1702 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1706 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1710 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1711 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1712 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1716 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1723 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1726 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1727 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1728 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1729 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1731 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1733 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1735 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1737 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1738 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1739 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1740 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1742 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1745 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1749 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1750 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1751 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1752 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1756 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1757 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1758 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1759 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1760 XColor
*cached_color
;
1762 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1763 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1764 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1765 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1766 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1768 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1769 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1770 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1774 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1776 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1777 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1783 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1784 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1785 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1789 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1794 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1795 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1799 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1800 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1801 get color reference counts right. */
1804 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1806 unsigned long pixel
;
1810 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1812 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1813 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1815 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1816 register_color (pixel
);
1822 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1823 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1824 get color reference counts right. */
1827 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1830 unsigned long pixel
;
1834 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1836 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1837 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1839 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1840 register_color (pixel
);
1846 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1849 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1850 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1851 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1852 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1853 use an additional additive factor.
1855 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1856 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1857 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1860 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1861 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1862 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1863 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1864 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1865 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1868 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1872 unsigned long *pixel
;
1880 /* Get RGB color values. */
1881 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1882 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1884 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1885 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1886 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1887 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1888 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1890 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1891 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1893 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1894 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1895 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1896 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1897 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1899 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1900 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1901 /* The additive adjustment. */
1902 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1906 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1907 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1908 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1912 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1913 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1914 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1918 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1919 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1922 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1924 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1925 delta to the RGB values. */
1926 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1928 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1929 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1930 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1931 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1942 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1943 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1944 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1945 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1946 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1947 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1950 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1952 struct relief
*relief
;
1955 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1958 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1959 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1960 unsigned long pixel
;
1961 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1962 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1963 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1964 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1966 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1967 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1969 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1970 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1971 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1973 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1975 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1976 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1979 /* Allocate new color. */
1980 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1982 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1983 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1985 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1986 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1989 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1991 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1993 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1996 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2000 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2003 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2004 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2006 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2007 unsigned long color
;
2009 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2010 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2011 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2013 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2014 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2019 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2020 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2021 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2024 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2025 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2027 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2028 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2029 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2030 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2031 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2036 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2037 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2038 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2039 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2040 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2041 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2045 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2046 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2048 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2049 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2050 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2052 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2053 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2060 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2065 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2068 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2072 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2073 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2074 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2076 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2078 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2080 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2081 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2085 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2086 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2087 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2088 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2092 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2093 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2094 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2096 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2100 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2101 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2102 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2103 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2104 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2105 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2108 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2109 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2110 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2111 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2112 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2116 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2117 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2118 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2121 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2122 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2126 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2127 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2130 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2131 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2135 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2136 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2138 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2139 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2143 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2146 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2147 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2149 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2150 int left_p
, right_p
;
2151 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2152 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2154 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2155 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2156 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2158 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2159 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2161 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2163 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2164 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2166 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2168 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2170 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2172 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2173 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2175 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2176 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2177 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2179 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2181 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2183 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2184 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2185 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2188 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2189 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2190 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2195 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2198 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2199 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2202 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2204 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2205 right of that line. */
2206 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2207 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2209 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2211 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2213 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2214 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2215 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2216 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2222 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2223 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2224 trust on the shape extension to be available
2225 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2227 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2230 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2232 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2233 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2234 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2235 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2236 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2238 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2241 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2242 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2243 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2244 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2245 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2246 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2250 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2252 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2255 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2256 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2257 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2258 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2259 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2260 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2262 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2263 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2264 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2265 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2266 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2267 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2268 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2270 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2272 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2274 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2275 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2280 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2281 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2282 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2286 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2289 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2290 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2292 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2295 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2297 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2298 right of that line. */
2299 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2300 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2302 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2304 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2306 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2307 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2308 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2309 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2311 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2312 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2314 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2315 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2319 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2320 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2323 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2324 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2326 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2327 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2328 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2329 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2331 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2332 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2333 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2335 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2337 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2342 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2345 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2346 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2350 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2352 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2353 right of that line. */
2354 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2355 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2357 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2359 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2361 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2362 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2363 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2364 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2370 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2371 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2372 trust on the shape extension to be available
2373 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2375 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2379 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2380 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2381 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2382 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2383 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2385 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2386 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2388 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2392 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2393 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2394 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2396 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2397 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2398 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2399 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2400 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2401 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2402 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2404 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2406 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2407 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2408 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2413 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2414 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2415 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2419 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2420 give the rectangle to draw. */
2423 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2424 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2429 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2430 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2431 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2432 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2435 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2439 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2442 s->x +-------------------------
2445 | +-------------------------
2448 | | +-------------------
2454 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2455 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2457 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2458 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2460 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2463 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2464 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2465 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2466 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2468 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2469 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2471 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2472 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2476 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2477 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2481 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2482 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2483 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2484 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2485 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2487 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2488 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2489 s
->background_width
,
2492 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2494 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2496 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2499 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2500 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2501 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2502 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2503 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2504 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2505 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2510 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2512 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2513 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2514 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2515 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2523 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2525 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2527 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2528 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2530 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2533 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2536 /* Draw the foreground. */
2539 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2540 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2541 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2542 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2543 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2546 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2548 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2550 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2551 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2552 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2556 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2559 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2560 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2562 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2564 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2565 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2567 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2568 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2569 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2570 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2574 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2577 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2580 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2582 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2583 if (width
< background_width
)
2586 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2591 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2592 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2594 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2600 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2601 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2603 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2605 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2606 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2607 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2608 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2613 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2614 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2615 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2616 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2620 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2622 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2623 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2625 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2626 except for header line and mode line. */
2627 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2629 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2632 if (background_width
> 0)
2633 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2636 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2640 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2643 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2644 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2646 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2648 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2649 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2650 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2651 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2654 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2656 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2657 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2658 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2659 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2661 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2662 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2663 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2664 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2666 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2667 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2671 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2672 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2674 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2675 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2676 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2677 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2678 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2679 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2682 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2683 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2684 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2685 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2688 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2690 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2691 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2692 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2693 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2694 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2695 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2697 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2699 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2702 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2706 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2710 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2711 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2713 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2714 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2717 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2718 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2719 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2720 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2722 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2723 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2730 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2732 /* Draw underline. */
2733 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2735 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2738 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2740 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2741 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2742 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2746 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2747 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2748 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2751 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2752 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2755 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2756 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2757 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2758 specs, and its default is
2760 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2761 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2763 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2764 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2765 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2767 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2769 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2771 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2773 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2774 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2775 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2776 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2777 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2778 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2779 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2780 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2781 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2782 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2783 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2784 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2788 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2789 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2790 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2791 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2792 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2796 /* Draw overline. */
2797 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2799 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2801 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2802 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2807 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2808 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2809 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2811 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2815 /* Draw strike-through. */
2816 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2818 unsigned long h
= 1;
2819 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2821 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2822 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2827 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2828 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2829 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2831 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2835 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2836 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2837 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2841 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2843 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2844 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2845 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2847 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2848 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2849 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2852 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2853 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2854 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2855 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2857 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2858 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2860 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2866 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2868 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2869 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2870 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2872 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2873 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2874 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2877 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2878 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2879 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2880 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2882 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2883 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2885 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2890 /* Reset clipping. */
2891 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2895 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2898 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2900 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2902 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2903 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2904 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2908 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2912 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2920 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2921 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2924 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2931 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2932 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2936 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2939 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2941 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2943 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2944 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2945 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2947 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2948 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2950 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2952 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2953 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2954 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2956 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2957 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2958 redisplay, do it here. */
2959 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2962 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2969 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2971 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2972 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2974 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2977 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2978 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2981 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2982 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2984 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2985 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2986 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2988 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2989 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2993 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2995 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2996 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3000 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3002 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3003 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3005 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3007 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3018 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3019 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3022 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3023 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3024 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3025 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
)->window
,
3028 | GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3029 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3030 gdk_draw_rectangle (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)->window, \
3031 gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3035 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3036 pixels into background pixels. */
3040 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3041 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3042 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3044 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3045 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3049 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3050 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3051 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3052 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3053 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3054 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3055 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3059 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3060 edge it is next to. */
3061 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3063 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3064 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3067 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3068 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3075 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3077 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3078 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3080 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3082 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3083 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3084 width
, flash_height
);
3085 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3087 (height
- flash_height
3088 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3089 width
, flash_height
);
3093 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3094 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3095 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3096 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3101 struct timeval wakeup
;
3103 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3105 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3106 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3107 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3108 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3110 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3112 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3114 struct timeval current
;
3115 struct timeval timeout
;
3117 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3119 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3120 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3123 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3125 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3127 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3128 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3132 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3133 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3135 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3137 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3138 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3139 width
, flash_height
);
3140 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3142 (height
- flash_height
3143 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3144 width
, flash_height
);
3147 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3148 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3149 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3150 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3153 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3154 #undef XFillRectangle
3156 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3165 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3169 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3176 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3177 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3178 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3181 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3182 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3183 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3188 /* Make audible bell. */
3193 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3195 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3197 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3204 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3205 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3212 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3213 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3214 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3215 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3218 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3221 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3226 /***********************************************************************
3228 ***********************************************************************/
3230 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3231 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3234 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3242 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3245 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3249 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3250 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3252 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3253 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3255 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3257 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3258 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3259 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3263 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3264 line at the bottom. */
3265 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3266 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3268 height
= run
->height
;
3272 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3274 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3275 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3277 height
= run
->height
;
3282 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3286 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3287 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3288 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3298 /***********************************************************************
3300 ***********************************************************************/
3307 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3308 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3309 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3310 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3312 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3313 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3315 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3316 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3320 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3323 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3324 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3325 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3326 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3328 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3329 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3331 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3332 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3335 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3336 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3337 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3338 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3339 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3342 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3343 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3344 struct frame
*frame
;
3346 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3348 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3350 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3351 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3352 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3354 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3355 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3357 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3358 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3360 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3363 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3366 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3367 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3368 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3371 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3374 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3375 struct frame
*frame
;
3376 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3378 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3380 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3382 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3383 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3385 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3386 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3387 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3388 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3389 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3391 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3392 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3396 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3399 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3400 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3403 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3405 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3407 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3409 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3410 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3414 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3415 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3417 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3418 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3422 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3423 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3425 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3428 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3429 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3431 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3433 struct frame
*frame
;
3435 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3439 switch (event
->type
)
3444 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3446 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3448 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3449 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3450 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3451 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3453 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3459 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3460 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3461 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3462 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3466 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3468 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3469 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3470 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3477 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3480 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3481 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3483 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3486 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3487 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3488 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3490 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3491 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3492 the appropriate X display info. */
3495 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3496 struct frame
*frame
;
3498 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3502 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3505 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3507 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3509 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3510 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3511 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3512 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3513 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3515 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3516 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3520 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3522 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3525 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3526 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3527 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3533 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3535 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3537 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3538 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3540 int min_code
, max_code
;
3543 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3545 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3546 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3547 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3548 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3549 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3551 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3553 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3554 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3556 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3558 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3559 Alt keysyms are on. */
3561 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3562 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3564 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3566 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3567 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3569 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3571 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3575 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3579 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3581 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3587 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3588 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3593 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3594 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3599 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3600 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3601 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3602 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3607 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3608 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3609 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3610 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3614 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3615 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3616 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3617 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3618 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3627 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3628 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3630 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3631 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3634 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3635 make them just meta, not alt. */
3636 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3638 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3641 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3642 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3645 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3649 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3650 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3653 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3654 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3655 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3656 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3661 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3662 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3663 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3664 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3665 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3666 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3669 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3670 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3671 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3672 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3673 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3674 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3678 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3679 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3682 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3683 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3684 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3685 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3689 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3690 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3691 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3692 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3693 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3694 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3695 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3696 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3699 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3700 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3701 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3702 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3703 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3704 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3707 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3710 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3716 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3724 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3726 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3728 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3732 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3733 struct input_event
*result
;
3734 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3737 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3739 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3740 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3741 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3742 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3744 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3748 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3749 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3750 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3756 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3757 The input handler calls this.
3759 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3760 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3761 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3762 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3764 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3765 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3768 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3770 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3772 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3773 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3774 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3776 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3779 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3781 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3782 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3783 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3784 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3789 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3790 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3791 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3792 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3793 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3794 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3796 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3797 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3798 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3799 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3800 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3801 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3809 /************************************************************************
3811 ************************************************************************/
3814 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3816 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3817 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3818 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3819 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3820 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3825 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3826 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3828 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3829 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3830 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3831 position on the scroll bar.
3833 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3834 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3837 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3838 was at this position.
3840 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3842 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3846 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3849 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3850 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3852 unsigned long *time
;
3858 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3859 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3865 Window dummy_window
;
3868 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3870 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3871 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3872 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3873 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3874 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3876 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3878 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3879 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3880 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3882 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3885 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3886 a different screen. */
3889 /* The position on that root window. */
3892 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3895 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3897 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3899 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3900 containing the pointer. */
3904 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3908 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3909 structure is changing at the same time this function
3910 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3912 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3914 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3915 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3917 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3918 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3919 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3921 /* From-window, to-window. */
3922 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3924 /* From-position, to-position. */
3925 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3929 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3935 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3937 /* From-window, to-window. */
3940 /* From-position, to-position. */
3941 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3946 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3949 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3950 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3951 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3952 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3953 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3961 /* Now we know that:
3962 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3963 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3964 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3965 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3966 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3967 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3968 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3969 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3970 never use them in that case.) */
3973 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3974 want the edit window. */
3975 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3977 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3978 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3981 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3982 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3985 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3986 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3988 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3991 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3994 x_uncatch_errors ();
3996 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3999 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4001 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4005 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4011 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4012 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4016 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4017 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4018 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4019 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4020 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4021 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4022 the frame are divided into. */
4024 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4025 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4030 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4031 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4032 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4042 /***********************************************************************
4044 ***********************************************************************/
4046 /* Scroll bar support. */
4048 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4050 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4053 static struct scroll_bar
*
4054 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4060 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4061 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4062 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4064 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4066 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4068 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4069 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4070 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4073 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4076 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4078 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4079 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4080 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4081 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4082 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4085 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4086 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4087 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4088 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4095 #if defined USE_LUCID
4097 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4098 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4101 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4106 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4108 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4110 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4111 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4113 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4121 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4124 /************************************************************************
4126 ************************************************************************/
4128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4130 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4131 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4132 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4133 struct scroll_bar
*));
4134 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4138 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4139 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4141 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4143 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4145 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4147 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4148 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4151 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4153 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4155 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4157 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4158 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4159 to avoid jerkyness. */
4161 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4163 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4164 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4165 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4166 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4169 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4172 XtPointer client_data
;
4176 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4182 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4183 end_action
= "Release";
4184 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4185 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4186 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4187 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4190 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4191 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4195 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4196 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4197 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4199 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4201 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4202 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4203 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4205 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4206 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4208 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4209 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4212 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4214 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4215 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4217 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4218 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4221 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4222 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4223 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4224 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4227 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4229 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4232 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4233 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4234 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4239 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4240 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4241 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4242 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4243 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4246 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4247 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4248 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4249 into that array in the event. */
4250 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4251 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4254 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4256 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4257 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4258 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4260 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4262 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4263 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4266 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4267 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4268 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4269 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4270 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4271 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4273 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4274 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4275 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4276 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4279 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4280 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4281 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4282 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4287 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4291 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4293 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4295 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4300 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4301 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4303 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4304 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4306 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4307 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4310 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4312 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4314 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4315 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4316 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4317 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4318 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4324 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4326 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4329 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4330 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4331 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4334 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4336 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4338 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4339 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4340 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4344 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4345 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4346 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4349 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4350 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4351 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4354 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4355 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4356 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4359 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4360 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4361 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4365 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4366 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4369 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4370 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4371 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4378 /* Get the slider size. */
4380 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4383 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4384 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4385 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4386 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4390 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4396 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4397 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4398 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4402 #elif defined USE_GTK
4404 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4405 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4408 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4409 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4413 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4415 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4416 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4417 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4419 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4420 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4425 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4426 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4427 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4428 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4430 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4431 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4432 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4433 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4436 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4437 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4438 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4440 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4441 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4442 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4444 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4445 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4446 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4448 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4449 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4450 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4456 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4457 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4458 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4464 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4467 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4468 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4471 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4472 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4473 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4475 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4476 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4477 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4484 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4486 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4487 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4488 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4492 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4494 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4496 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4497 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4499 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4502 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4504 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4508 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4510 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4511 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4512 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4513 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4514 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4516 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4518 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4520 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4521 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4522 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4523 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4527 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4528 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4529 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4530 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4531 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4532 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4533 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4536 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4538 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4540 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4541 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4542 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4546 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4548 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4551 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4552 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4554 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4555 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4556 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4557 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4559 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4561 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4562 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4563 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4564 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4567 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4569 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4571 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4572 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4576 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4578 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4580 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4583 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4584 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4589 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4592 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4594 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4600 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4601 unsigned long pixel
;
4606 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4607 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4608 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4610 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4611 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4612 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4613 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4615 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4618 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4622 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4629 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4630 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4632 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4633 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4635 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4637 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4639 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4641 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4643 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4645 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4648 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4649 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4651 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4652 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4653 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4654 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4656 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4658 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4659 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4660 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4661 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4662 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4664 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4665 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4667 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4674 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4677 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4681 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4683 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4684 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4686 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4689 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4690 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4691 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4693 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4696 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4698 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4701 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4702 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4703 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4705 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4709 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4710 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4711 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4712 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4713 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4714 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4716 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4720 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4721 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4722 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4724 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4726 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4729 /* Specify the colors. */
4730 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4733 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4736 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4739 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4745 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4746 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4750 char *val
= initial
;
4751 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4752 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4753 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4755 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4756 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4757 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4758 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4759 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4760 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4764 /* Define callbacks. */
4765 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4766 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4769 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4770 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4772 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4774 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4775 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4776 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4777 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4779 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4780 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4781 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4782 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4786 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4789 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4790 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4794 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4795 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4796 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4798 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4801 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4803 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4804 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4805 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4807 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4808 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4815 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4816 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4817 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4818 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4819 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4820 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4821 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4822 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4823 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4824 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4825 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4826 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4827 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4828 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4835 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4836 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4839 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4843 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4844 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4846 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4847 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4848 size
= max (size
, 1);
4850 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4851 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4852 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4854 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4856 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4862 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4863 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4867 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4869 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4870 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4871 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4875 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4876 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4877 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4880 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4881 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4883 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4884 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4885 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4886 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4888 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4889 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4892 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4893 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4894 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4896 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4900 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4904 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4906 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4910 /************************************************************************
4911 Scroll bars, general
4912 ************************************************************************/
4914 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4915 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4916 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4919 static struct scroll_bar
*
4920 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4922 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4924 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4925 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4926 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4930 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4931 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4932 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4934 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4938 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4939 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4940 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4942 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4943 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4945 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4947 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4949 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4950 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4951 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4952 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4953 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4955 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4957 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4958 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4959 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4961 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4963 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4970 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4972 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4974 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4978 bar
->height
= height
;
4981 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4982 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4984 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4985 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4987 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4988 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4989 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4991 /* Map the window/widget. */
4992 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4995 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4998 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4999 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5001 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5002 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5003 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5004 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5006 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5007 max (height
, 1), 0);
5008 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5009 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5011 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5012 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5013 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5020 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5022 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5024 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5025 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5026 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5029 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5030 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5031 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5032 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5033 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5036 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5037 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5041 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5042 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5043 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5044 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5046 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5048 && start
== bar
->start
5055 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5056 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5057 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5059 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5060 the distance between start and end. */
5062 int length
= end
- start
;
5066 else if (start
> top_range
)
5068 end
= start
+ length
;
5072 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5076 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5080 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5081 if (end
> top_range
)
5084 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5085 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5086 that many pixels tall. */
5087 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5089 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5090 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5092 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5093 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5094 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5095 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5096 inside_width
, start
,
5099 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5100 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5101 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5102 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5104 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5105 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5106 /* x, y, width, height */
5107 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5108 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5109 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5111 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5112 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5113 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5114 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5116 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5117 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5118 if (end
< inside_height
)
5119 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5120 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5121 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5122 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5123 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5131 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5133 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5137 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5138 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5140 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5143 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5145 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5146 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5147 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5148 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5150 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5153 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5154 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5160 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5161 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5162 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5166 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5168 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5170 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5171 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5172 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5173 int window_y
, window_height
;
5174 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5175 int fringe_extended_p
;
5178 /* Get window dimensions. */
5179 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5181 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5182 height
= window_height
;
5184 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5185 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5187 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5188 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5189 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5190 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5194 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5195 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5196 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5197 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5199 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5201 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5202 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5207 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5208 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5209 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5210 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5211 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5212 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5214 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5215 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5216 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5217 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5220 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5221 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5223 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5226 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5227 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5228 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5229 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5232 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5233 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5237 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5241 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5242 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5244 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5248 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5250 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5252 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5254 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5257 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5259 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5260 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5262 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5263 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5264 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5266 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5267 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5268 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5270 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5271 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5274 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5277 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5278 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5280 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5281 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5282 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5284 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5285 max (height
, 1), 0);
5286 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5288 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5290 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5291 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5292 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5294 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5295 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5297 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5298 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5299 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5303 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5304 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5305 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5308 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5309 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5310 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5312 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5313 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5314 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5315 rest
, height
, False
);
5317 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5318 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5322 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5327 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5329 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5331 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5335 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5337 /* Remember new settings. */
5338 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5340 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5341 bar
->height
= height
;
5346 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5347 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5349 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5350 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5351 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5353 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5355 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5358 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5361 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5362 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5363 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5366 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5368 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5372 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5373 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5374 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5375 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5376 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5377 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5378 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5380 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5381 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5382 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5385 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5388 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5389 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5392 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5393 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5394 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5395 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5396 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5397 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5398 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5403 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5404 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5407 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5408 struct window
*window
;
5410 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5413 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5414 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5417 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5419 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5420 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5421 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5423 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5425 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5426 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5428 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5429 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5430 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5432 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5433 one or the other! */
5437 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5439 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5440 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5442 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5444 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5445 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5446 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5449 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5450 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5453 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5456 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5458 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5460 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5461 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5462 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5464 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5466 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5468 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5471 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5474 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5475 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5479 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5480 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5481 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5483 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5487 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5488 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5491 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5492 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5493 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5494 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5498 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5500 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5501 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5502 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5503 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5505 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5506 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5508 /* x, y, width, height */
5510 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5513 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5514 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5515 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5516 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5521 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5523 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5524 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5526 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5531 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5532 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5534 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5536 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5539 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5540 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5541 emacs_event
->modifiers
5542 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5543 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5544 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5545 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5548 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5549 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5550 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5553 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5554 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5557 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5560 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5561 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5562 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5564 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5566 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5567 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5568 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5569 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5571 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5572 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5574 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5575 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5579 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5580 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5584 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5586 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5588 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5592 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5593 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5596 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5598 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5601 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5603 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5604 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5606 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5607 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5609 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5611 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5613 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5618 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5620 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5621 on the scroll bar. */
5624 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5626 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5627 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5629 unsigned long *time
;
5631 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5632 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5633 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5635 Window dummy_window
;
5637 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5641 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5643 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5645 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5646 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5647 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5649 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5652 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5658 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5660 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5662 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5663 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5667 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5671 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5673 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5674 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5675 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5676 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5677 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5678 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5680 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5682 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5683 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5686 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5689 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5695 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5696 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5697 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5701 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5704 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5707 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5708 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5709 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5710 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5711 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5712 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5713 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5714 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5716 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5720 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5722 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5723 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5724 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5725 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5727 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5728 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5730 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5732 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5733 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5735 static int temp_index
;
5736 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5738 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5739 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5741 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5743 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5744 on a particular display. */
5746 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5748 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5749 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5750 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5751 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5753 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5755 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5758 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5759 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5760 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5761 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5762 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5763 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5767 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5768 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5778 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5779 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5780 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5782 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5784 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5788 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5789 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5792 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5793 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5794 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5797 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5798 event
->xclient
.window
);
5800 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5805 static int current_count
;
5806 static int current_finish
;
5807 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5809 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5810 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5811 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5812 static GdkFilterReturn
5813 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5818 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5821 if (current_count
>= 0)
5823 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5825 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5828 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5829 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5830 so we do it here. */
5831 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5833 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5836 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5841 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5844 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5848 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5852 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5853 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5855 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5857 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5860 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5862 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5863 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5864 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5866 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5869 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5870 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5873 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5876 struct input_event ie
;
5877 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5882 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5883 struct coding_system coding
;
5884 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5886 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5888 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5889 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5892 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5893 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5899 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5900 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5901 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5903 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5904 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5906 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5907 could be the shell widget window
5908 if the frame has no title bar. */
5909 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5911 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5912 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5913 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5915 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5916 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5917 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5918 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5919 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5922 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5923 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5924 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5925 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5928 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5929 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5930 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5933 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5934 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5935 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5937 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5938 /* The ICCCM says this is
5939 the only valid choice. */
5941 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5942 /* This is needed to detect the error
5943 if there is an error. */
5945 x_uncatch_errors ();
5947 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5952 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5953 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5955 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5956 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5957 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5958 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5959 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5960 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5961 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5962 session manager and one for this. */
5964 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5967 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5968 event
.xclient
.window
);
5969 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5970 for a single Emacs process. */
5971 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5972 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5973 event
.xclient
.window
,
5974 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5976 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5977 event
.xclient
.window
,
5983 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5984 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5986 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5987 event
.xclient
.window
);
5989 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5991 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5992 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5999 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6000 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6005 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6006 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6009 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6011 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6012 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6016 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6023 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6024 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6026 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6028 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6032 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6034 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6035 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6036 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6037 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6039 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6040 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6041 currently never do because we are interested in
6042 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6043 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6044 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6047 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6048 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6052 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6053 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6054 we construct an input_event. */
6055 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6056 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6058 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6059 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6062 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6064 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6065 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6066 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6068 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6069 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6070 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6072 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6076 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6078 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6081 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6082 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6086 case SelectionNotify
:
6087 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6088 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6089 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6091 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6092 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6095 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6096 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6097 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6098 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6100 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6102 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6104 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6105 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6106 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6107 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6108 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6112 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6113 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6114 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6115 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6117 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6119 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6120 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6122 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6123 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6124 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6125 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6126 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6127 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6128 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6129 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6133 case PropertyNotify
:
6134 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6135 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6136 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6137 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6139 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6140 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6143 case ReparentNotify
:
6144 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6148 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6149 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6153 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6154 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6155 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6160 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6164 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6165 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6166 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6167 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6168 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6171 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6173 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6174 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6175 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6176 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6180 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6181 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6185 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6186 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6188 #if defined USE_LUCID
6189 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6190 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6191 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6194 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6196 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6198 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6200 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6201 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6203 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6204 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6205 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6208 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6209 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6213 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6217 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6218 source area was obscured or not
6220 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6224 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6225 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6226 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6228 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6231 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6234 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6235 source area was completely
6240 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6241 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6244 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6247 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6248 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6249 the frame was deleted. */
6251 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6252 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6253 display that won't ever be seen. */
6254 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6255 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6256 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6257 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6258 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6259 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6260 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6261 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6263 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6265 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6266 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6272 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6273 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6274 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6277 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6278 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6279 frame is visible. */
6280 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6283 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6284 the frame's display structures.
6285 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6286 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6287 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6288 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6289 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6290 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6292 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6293 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6294 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6295 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6297 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6298 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6299 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6303 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6304 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6306 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6307 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6308 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6309 to update the frame titles
6310 in case this is the second frame. */
6311 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6314 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6321 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6322 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6324 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6325 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6326 if (popup_activated ())
6330 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6332 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6333 mouse highlighting. */
6334 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6336 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6338 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6339 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6342 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6345 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6346 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6347 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6349 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6351 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6352 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6355 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6359 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6360 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6361 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6364 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6365 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6366 status_return even if the input is too long to
6367 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6368 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6369 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6370 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6371 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6372 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6373 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6375 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6379 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6380 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6381 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6383 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6387 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6388 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6389 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6391 /* This will have to go some day... */
6393 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6394 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6395 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6396 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6397 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6398 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6399 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6401 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6402 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6403 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6404 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6405 not it is combined with Meta. */
6406 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6407 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6412 Status status_return
;
6414 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6415 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6416 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6417 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6419 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6421 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6422 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6423 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6424 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6425 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6428 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6429 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6431 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6436 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6437 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6441 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6442 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6445 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6446 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6450 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6451 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6452 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6455 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6456 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6458 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6459 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6461 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6462 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6464 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6465 translations to characters. */
6466 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6467 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6469 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6470 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6474 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6475 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6477 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6478 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6480 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6481 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6485 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6486 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6487 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6491 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6492 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6493 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6494 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6498 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6499 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6500 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6501 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6502 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6503 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6505 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6506 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6508 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6509 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6510 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6511 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6512 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6513 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6515 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6516 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6518 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6519 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6521 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6522 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6524 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6525 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6527 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6528 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6530 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6531 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6533 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6534 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6536 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6537 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6539 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6540 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6542 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6543 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6545 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6546 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6548 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6549 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6551 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6552 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6554 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6555 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6556 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6557 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6558 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6559 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6560 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6561 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6562 don't have real modifiers but
6563 should be treated similarly to
6564 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6565 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6566 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6568 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6569 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6573 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6574 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6576 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6577 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6581 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6586 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6588 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6590 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6593 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6595 /* Decode the input data. */
6599 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6600 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6601 we used just above and the locale. */
6602 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6603 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6604 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6605 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6606 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6607 gives us composition information. */
6608 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6610 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6611 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6612 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6613 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6614 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6615 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6616 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6617 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6620 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6621 character events. */
6622 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6624 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6625 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6627 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6628 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6629 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6630 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6632 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6637 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6639 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6645 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6646 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6654 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6656 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6657 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6665 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6666 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6668 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6670 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6671 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6673 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6674 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6675 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6676 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6678 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6679 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6680 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6681 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6686 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6690 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6691 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6693 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6696 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6698 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6699 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6700 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6701 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6704 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6705 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6706 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6707 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6708 if (any_help_event_p
)
6712 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6713 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6714 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6719 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6724 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6725 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6726 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6728 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6729 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6730 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6732 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6734 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6736 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6737 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6741 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6747 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6748 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6749 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6753 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6754 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6757 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6758 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6759 will be selected only when it is active. */
6760 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6761 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6762 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6763 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6764 create event iff we don't leave the
6766 && (focus_follows_mouse
6767 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6768 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6770 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6771 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6776 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6777 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6781 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6782 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6783 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6784 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6787 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6788 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6790 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6791 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6792 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6795 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6796 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6797 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6798 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6803 case ConfigureNotify
:
6804 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6807 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6808 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6810 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6811 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6817 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6819 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6820 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6822 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6823 is called by the code that handles resizing
6824 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6826 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6827 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6828 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6829 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6830 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6831 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6832 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6834 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6835 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6836 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6839 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6840 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6841 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6845 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6846 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6847 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6848 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6851 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6855 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6856 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6865 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6866 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6869 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6870 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6871 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6873 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6875 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6876 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6878 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6881 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6886 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6887 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6888 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6891 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6892 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6894 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6895 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6897 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6899 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6900 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6901 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6902 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6907 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6908 if (! popup_activated ())
6911 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6913 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6914 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6916 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6917 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6919 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6920 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6923 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6925 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6926 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6927 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6931 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6932 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6933 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6935 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6936 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6938 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6940 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6941 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6943 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6945 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6946 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6949 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6951 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6952 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6955 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6958 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6960 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6961 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6962 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6966 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6967 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6968 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6969 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6970 Instead, save it away
6971 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6972 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6975 ! popup_activated ()
6976 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6977 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6980 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6981 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6982 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6983 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6984 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6985 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6986 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6987 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6989 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6990 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6992 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6995 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6997 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7001 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
7002 but I am trying to be cautious. */
7003 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7005 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
7007 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
7008 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
7009 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7014 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7017 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7021 case CirculateNotify
:
7024 case CirculateRequest
:
7027 case VisibilityNotify
:
7031 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7033 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7035 case MappingModifier
:
7036 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7037 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7038 case MappingKeyboard
:
7039 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7044 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7049 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7051 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7052 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7054 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7059 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7061 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7066 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7071 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7077 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7078 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7079 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7083 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7084 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7094 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7095 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7096 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7098 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7100 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7104 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7105 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7107 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7110 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7116 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7117 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7118 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7120 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7121 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7122 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7125 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7128 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7129 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7131 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7135 int event_found
= 0;
7137 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7139 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7141 pending_signals
= 1;
7146 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7148 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7152 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7153 input_signal_count
++;
7158 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7159 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7161 struct input_event inev
;
7163 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7164 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7165 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7167 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7174 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7175 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7177 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7178 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7182 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7186 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7189 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7190 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7195 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7196 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7198 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7204 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7205 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7206 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7207 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7209 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7210 from all displays. */
7212 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7214 current_count
= count
;
7215 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7217 gtk_main_iteration ();
7219 count
= current_count
;
7221 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7223 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7226 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7230 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7231 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7234 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7235 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7236 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7238 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7242 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7243 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7245 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7247 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7248 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7252 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7254 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7255 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7257 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7258 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7270 /***********************************************************************
7272 ***********************************************************************/
7274 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7275 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7277 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7278 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7279 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7282 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7284 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7288 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7289 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7290 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7292 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7294 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7295 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7296 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7297 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7298 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7300 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7304 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7307 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7309 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7311 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7312 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7313 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7316 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7319 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7320 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7321 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7322 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7325 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7326 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7327 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7329 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7330 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7331 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7332 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7333 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7335 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7336 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7337 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7339 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7340 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7341 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7342 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7346 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7348 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7349 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7350 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7354 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7356 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7358 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7360 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7361 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7363 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7364 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7366 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7367 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7370 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7371 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7372 the bar might not be in the window. */
7373 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7375 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7376 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7377 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7381 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7382 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7383 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7384 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7385 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7388 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7389 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7390 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7391 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7392 that the glyph is legible. */
7393 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7394 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7396 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7397 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7400 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7403 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7404 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7407 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7409 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7412 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7413 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7415 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7417 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7418 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7419 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7420 width
, row
->height
);
7424 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7427 width
= row
->height
;
7429 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7431 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7432 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7434 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7435 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7436 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7437 row
->height
- width
),
7438 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7441 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7446 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7449 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7453 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7454 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7455 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7456 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7460 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7463 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7465 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7467 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7468 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7470 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7471 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7472 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7477 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7480 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7482 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7484 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7487 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7491 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7492 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7494 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7495 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7496 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7497 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7499 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7500 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7504 switch (cursor_type
)
7506 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7507 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7510 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7511 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7515 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7519 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7523 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7532 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7533 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7534 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7539 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7546 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7549 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7555 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7558 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7559 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7560 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7561 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7566 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7567 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7568 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7570 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7571 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7572 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7576 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7577 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7583 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7584 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7587 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7589 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7591 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7595 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7598 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7599 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7603 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7604 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7608 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7609 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7610 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7611 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7612 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7614 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7617 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7618 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7624 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7625 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7628 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7632 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7637 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7638 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7640 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7641 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7644 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7645 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7646 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7647 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7652 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7654 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7655 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7657 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7658 be called from a signal handler.
7661 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7662 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7664 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7666 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7668 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7669 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7670 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7673 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7677 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7678 x_error_message
->string
,
7679 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7682 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7683 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7686 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7687 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7688 stored in *x_error_message.
7690 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7691 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7693 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7695 void x_check_errors ();
7698 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7701 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7703 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7707 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7708 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7709 x_error_message
= data
;
7712 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7713 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7718 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7722 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7723 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7724 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7725 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7727 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7728 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7733 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7734 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7735 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7738 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7742 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7745 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7747 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7748 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7749 x_uncatch_errors ();
7750 error (format
, string
);
7754 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7755 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7758 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7761 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7764 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7767 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7770 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7773 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7776 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7777 * idea. --lorentey */
7778 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7781 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7783 while (x_error_message
)
7784 x_uncatch_errors ();
7788 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7791 x_catching_errors ()
7793 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7797 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7800 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7805 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7806 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7807 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7808 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7809 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7812 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7813 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7816 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7817 must reestablish each time */
7818 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7823 /************************************************************************
7825 ************************************************************************/
7827 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7829 static char *error_msg
;
7831 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7832 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7833 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7836 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7838 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7842 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7843 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7846 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7848 char *error_message
;
7850 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7851 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7852 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7854 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7855 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7856 handling_signal
= 0;
7858 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7859 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7860 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7861 the original message here. */
7862 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7864 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7865 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7869 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7871 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7872 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7875 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7876 that are on the dead display. */
7877 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7879 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7881 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7882 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7883 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7884 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7885 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7886 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7889 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7890 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7891 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7892 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7893 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7894 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7896 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7897 trying to find a replacement. */
7898 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7899 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7902 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7903 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7904 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7906 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7907 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7908 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7910 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7911 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7913 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7914 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7915 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7919 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7920 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7921 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7923 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7924 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7925 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7926 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7931 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7932 is the last display/terminal. */
7933 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7935 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7936 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7939 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7942 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7943 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7945 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7946 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7947 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7948 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7953 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7954 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7958 x_uncatch_errors ();
7960 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7962 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7963 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7967 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7969 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7971 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7972 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7974 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7975 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7976 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7977 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7978 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7979 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7982 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7983 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7984 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7986 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7987 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7990 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7994 if (x_error_message
)
7995 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7997 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
8001 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
8002 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
8003 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8005 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8007 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
8008 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
8013 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8019 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8020 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8022 static void NO_INLINE
8023 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8027 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8029 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8030 or colors that are not defined. */
8032 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8035 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8036 original error handler. */
8038 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8039 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8040 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8041 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8045 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8046 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8047 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8050 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8055 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8056 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8060 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8062 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8063 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8064 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8068 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8070 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8073 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8076 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8077 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8078 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8079 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8083 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8084 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8085 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8086 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8087 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8089 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8091 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8092 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8094 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8095 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8096 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8100 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8101 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8104 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8106 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8107 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8108 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8109 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8110 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8115 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8118 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8127 /***********************************************************************
8129 ***********************************************************************/
8135 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8136 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8137 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8140 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8142 XPointer client_data
;
8145 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8146 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8150 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8151 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8153 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8154 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8156 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8157 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8161 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8162 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8163 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8167 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8170 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8171 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8174 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8175 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8178 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8179 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8180 char *resource_name
;
8188 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8189 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8196 XIMCallback destroy
;
8199 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8200 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8203 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8204 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8205 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8211 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8212 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8216 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8218 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8219 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8220 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8221 when the callback was registered. */
8224 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8226 XPointer client_data
;
8229 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8230 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8232 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8236 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8238 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8239 as they have no XIC. */
8240 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8242 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8245 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8247 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8250 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8251 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8253 create_frame_xic (f
);
8254 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8255 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8256 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8258 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8259 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8268 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8271 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8272 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8273 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8274 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8277 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8278 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8279 char *resource_name
;
8281 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8285 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8286 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8289 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8290 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8291 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8292 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8293 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8294 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8295 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8296 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8297 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8298 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8299 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8300 least, hence the configure test. */
8301 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8302 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8303 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8304 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8306 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8310 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8313 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8314 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8319 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8320 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8321 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8323 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8324 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8325 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8326 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8327 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8328 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8329 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8330 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8332 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8335 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8339 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8340 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8343 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8346 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8348 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8349 is already for the top-left corner. */
8350 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8353 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8354 position that fits on the screen. */
8355 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8356 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8357 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8360 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8362 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8363 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8364 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8366 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8367 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8368 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8369 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8372 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8373 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8375 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8378 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8379 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8380 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8383 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8384 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8385 so the flags should correspond. */
8386 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8389 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8390 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8391 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8392 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8393 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8396 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8398 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8401 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8403 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8405 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8406 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8410 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8412 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8414 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8415 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8417 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8420 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8422 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8423 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8425 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8427 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8428 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8429 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8430 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8431 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8434 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8435 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8437 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8438 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8441 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8442 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8443 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8444 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8447 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8448 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8449 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8451 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8452 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8453 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8454 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8455 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8456 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8461 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8462 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8463 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8464 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8465 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8468 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8470 const char *atomname
;
8473 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8474 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8476 Window wmcheck_window
;
8477 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8478 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8479 long max_len
= 65536;
8480 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8481 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8482 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8487 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8489 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8490 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8491 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8492 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8493 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8495 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8497 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8498 x_uncatch_errors ();
8503 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8506 /* Check if window exists. */
8507 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8509 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8511 x_uncatch_errors ();
8516 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8518 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8519 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8520 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8521 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8522 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8523 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8525 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8526 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8528 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8529 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8530 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8531 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8533 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8535 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8536 x_uncatch_errors ();
8541 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8542 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8543 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8547 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8549 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8550 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8552 x_uncatch_errors ();
8559 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8565 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8566 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8567 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8569 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8571 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8573 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8575 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8581 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8583 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8587 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8588 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8589 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8592 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8595 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8598 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8600 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8601 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8603 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8608 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8609 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8610 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8612 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8614 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8615 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8616 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8618 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8620 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8622 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8623 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8625 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8626 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8628 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8629 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8631 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8632 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8636 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8640 return have_net_atom
;
8644 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8647 if (f
->async_visible
)
8650 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8658 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8660 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8663 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8664 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8665 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8666 long max_len
= 65536;
8667 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8668 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8669 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8674 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8675 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8676 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8677 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8678 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8680 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8682 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8683 x_uncatch_errors ();
8688 x_uncatch_errors ();
8690 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8692 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8693 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8695 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8696 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8698 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8700 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8702 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8703 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8705 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8707 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8708 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8709 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8716 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8719 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8722 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8725 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8730 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8731 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8733 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8737 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8738 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8740 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8743 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8746 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8747 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8749 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8751 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8752 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8754 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8756 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8757 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8758 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8759 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8760 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8762 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8763 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8765 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8766 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8769 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8771 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8772 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8773 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8778 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8779 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8780 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8781 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8782 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8783 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8784 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8787 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8792 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8794 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8795 window manager window around the frame. */
8797 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8799 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8801 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8806 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8807 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8808 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8810 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8812 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8813 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8815 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8816 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8818 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8821 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8822 frame's position. */
8824 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8828 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8829 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8830 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8831 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8832 of an exact comparison. */
8835 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8837 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8841 while (count
++ < 50)
8843 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8845 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8846 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8849 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8850 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8854 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8857 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8858 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8861 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8865 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8866 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8868 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8872 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8874 x_wait_for_event (f
, eventtype
)
8878 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8881 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8882 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8884 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8885 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8887 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8888 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8889 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8890 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8891 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8893 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8895 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8896 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8897 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8899 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8904 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8905 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8907 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8908 break; /* Timeout */
8910 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8911 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8915 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8916 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8917 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8918 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8921 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8926 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8928 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8929 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8930 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8932 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8933 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8934 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8936 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8938 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8939 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8940 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8942 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8943 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8944 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8945 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8948 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8949 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8950 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8951 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8952 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8954 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8955 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8956 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8957 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8959 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8960 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8961 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8962 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8963 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8965 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8968 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8969 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8970 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8971 if (f
->async_visible
)
8972 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8975 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8976 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8977 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8983 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8984 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8985 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8986 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8989 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8996 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9000 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
9001 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
9002 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
9003 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
9004 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
9005 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
9006 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
9007 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9008 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9009 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
9011 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9013 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
9014 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
9015 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
9016 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
9017 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9018 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
9019 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
9023 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9024 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
9026 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9027 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9029 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9031 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9033 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9034 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9036 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9037 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9038 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9039 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9040 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9045 /* Mouse warping. */
9048 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9054 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9055 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9057 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9058 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9060 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9061 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9065 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9066 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9070 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9073 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9079 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9080 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9084 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9087 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9091 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9092 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9093 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9094 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9095 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9104 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9105 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9106 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9107 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9111 /* Raise frame F. */
9118 if (f
->async_visible
)
9119 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9121 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9125 /* Lower frame F. */
9131 if (f
->async_visible
)
9134 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9135 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9140 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9143 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9146 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9147 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9149 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9150 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9153 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9154 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9155 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9157 Fcons (make_number (1),
9158 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9164 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9174 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9177 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9179 enum xembed_info flags
;
9182 unsigned long data
[2];
9184 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9186 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9189 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9190 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9194 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9197 enum xembed_message message
;
9204 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9205 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9206 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9207 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9208 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9209 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9210 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9211 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9212 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9214 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9215 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9216 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9219 /* Change of visibility. */
9221 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9222 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9223 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9224 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9225 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9226 finishes with it. */
9229 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9233 int original_top
, original_left
;
9234 int retry_count
= 2;
9240 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9242 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9244 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9246 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9247 call x_set_offset a second time
9248 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9249 before the window gets really visible. */
9250 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9251 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9252 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9253 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9255 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9257 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9258 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9259 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9260 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9261 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9264 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9265 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9267 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9269 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9270 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9272 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9273 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9275 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9276 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9277 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9280 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9282 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9283 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9284 so that incoming events are handled. */
9288 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9289 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9290 will set it when they are handled. */
9291 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9293 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9294 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9296 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9299 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9301 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9302 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9303 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9304 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9306 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9307 because the window manager may choose the position
9308 and we don't want to override it. */
9310 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9311 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9312 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9313 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9314 && previously_visible
)
9318 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9322 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9323 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9324 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9325 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9326 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9327 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9328 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9329 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9330 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9332 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9333 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9334 original_left
, original_top
);
9339 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9341 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9342 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9343 MapNotify at all.. */
9344 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9345 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9347 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9350 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9351 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9352 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9353 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9354 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9356 if (input_polling_used ())
9358 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9359 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9360 handler reset it. */
9361 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9362 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9363 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9364 poll_for_input_1 ();
9365 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9368 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9369 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9374 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9378 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9379 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9380 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9381 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9383 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9388 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9390 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9393 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9398 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9399 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9401 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9402 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9403 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9407 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9408 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9409 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9410 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9411 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9412 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9415 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9416 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9419 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9420 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9425 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9426 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9428 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9429 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9433 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9434 just by the event that we get from the server.
9435 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9436 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9437 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9439 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9440 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9441 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9448 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9457 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9458 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9459 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9461 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9466 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9468 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9470 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9473 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9475 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9476 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9478 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9481 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9482 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9488 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9490 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9492 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9493 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9494 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9495 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9496 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9497 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9498 so we have to record it here. */
9501 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9502 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9507 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9508 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9509 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9513 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9515 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9516 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9520 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9522 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9524 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9525 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9526 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9527 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9528 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9529 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9531 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9532 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9534 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9535 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9539 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9540 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9541 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9542 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9543 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9545 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9546 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9548 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9551 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9552 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9556 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9558 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9560 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9562 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9563 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9566 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9567 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9569 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9571 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9575 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9578 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9581 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9583 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9587 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9588 commands to the X server. */
9589 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9591 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9592 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9594 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9595 free_frame_faces (f
);
9597 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9598 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9600 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9601 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9602 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9603 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9604 toolkit scroll bars. */
9605 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9607 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9608 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9617 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9618 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9620 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9621 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9623 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9624 we are using a toolkit. */
9625 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9626 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9628 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9629 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9632 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9633 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9634 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9636 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9637 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9638 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9640 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9642 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9643 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9644 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9646 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9647 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9648 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9649 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9650 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9651 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9653 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9654 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9655 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9656 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9657 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9658 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9659 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9660 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9661 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9662 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9663 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9664 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9665 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9666 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9667 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9670 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9673 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9674 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9675 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9677 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9678 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9679 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9680 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9681 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9682 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9684 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9686 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9687 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9688 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9689 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9690 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9691 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9692 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9699 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9702 x_destroy_window (f
)
9705 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9707 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9708 commands to the X server. */
9709 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9710 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9712 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9716 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9718 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9719 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9720 that the window now has.
9721 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9722 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9723 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9727 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9732 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9733 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9735 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9736 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9738 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9739 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9741 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9742 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9744 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9745 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9746 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9747 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9748 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9749 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9751 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9753 int base_width
, base_height
;
9754 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9756 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9757 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9759 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9761 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9762 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9763 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9764 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9765 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9767 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9768 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9769 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9771 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9772 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9773 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9774 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9775 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9778 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9781 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9786 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9787 long supplied_return
;
9790 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9794 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9799 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9800 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9801 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9802 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9803 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9804 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9805 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9806 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9813 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9814 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9818 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9819 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9821 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9823 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9825 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9827 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9830 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9834 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9837 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9838 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9839 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9840 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9842 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9843 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9845 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9846 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9850 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9854 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9856 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9857 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9862 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9863 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9864 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9865 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9869 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9877 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9881 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9885 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9886 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9887 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9888 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9891 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9893 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9894 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9896 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9900 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9904 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9906 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9907 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9908 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9910 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9914 /***********************************************************************
9916 ***********************************************************************/
9920 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9924 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9930 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9931 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9932 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9935 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9938 /***********************************************************************
9940 ***********************************************************************/
9942 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9943 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9944 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9945 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9947 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9948 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9949 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9951 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9952 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9953 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9954 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9955 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9956 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9957 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9960 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9962 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9964 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9966 static int x_initialized
;
9969 static int x_session_initialized
;
9972 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9973 the screen number from the server number. */
9975 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9976 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9979 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9980 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9981 int length_until_period
= 0;
9983 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9984 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9985 length_until_period
++;
9987 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9988 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9990 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9992 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9993 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9994 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9995 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9996 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9997 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9998 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9999 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10000 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10001 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10002 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10003 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10004 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10005 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10007 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10011 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10015 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10016 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10019 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10020 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10023 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10024 unsigned long mask
;
10031 while (!(mask
& 1))
10047 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
10048 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
10051 x_display_ok (display
)
10052 const char *display
;
10057 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10059 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10067 my_log_handler (log_domain
, log_level
, message
, user_data
)
10068 const gchar
*log_domain
;
10069 GLogLevelFlags log_level
;
10070 const gchar
*message
;
10071 gpointer user_data
;
10073 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
10074 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
10078 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
10079 the structure that describes the open display.
10080 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
10082 struct x_display_info
*
10083 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10084 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10086 char *resource_name
;
10090 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10091 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10096 if (!x_initialized
)
10102 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
10103 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
10107 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10109 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10110 char **argv2
= argv
;
10112 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10113 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, Qx
))
10114 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
10117 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10119 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10120 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10121 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10122 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10123 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10125 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10129 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10133 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10135 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10137 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10138 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10141 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10142 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10144 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10146 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10147 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10148 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10149 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10150 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10151 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10153 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10157 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10159 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10160 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10162 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10164 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10165 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10167 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10168 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10170 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10171 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10174 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10175 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10178 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10179 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10180 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10182 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10183 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10184 So let's not use it until R6. */
10185 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10186 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10197 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10198 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10200 turn_on_atimers (0);
10201 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10202 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10203 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10205 turn_on_atimers (1);
10207 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10208 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10213 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10214 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10215 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10216 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10217 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10219 /* Detect failure. */
10226 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10228 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10229 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10231 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10234 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10237 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10238 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10239 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10240 SDATA (display_name
)))
10243 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10246 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10247 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10248 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10250 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10251 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10252 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10253 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10254 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10256 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10258 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10260 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10261 list of terminals. */
10262 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10263 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10264 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10265 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10267 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10268 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10270 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10271 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10272 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10274 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10275 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10279 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10280 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10281 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10282 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10283 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10285 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10288 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10289 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10290 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10292 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10293 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10294 x_display_name_list
);
10295 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10297 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10299 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10300 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10301 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10302 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10305 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10309 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10310 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10312 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10313 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10315 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10316 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10318 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10320 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10321 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10322 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10324 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10325 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10327 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10328 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10329 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10330 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10332 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10334 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10336 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10338 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10339 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10340 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10341 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10342 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10343 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10344 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10345 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10346 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10347 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10348 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10349 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10350 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10351 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10352 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10353 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10354 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10355 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10356 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10357 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10358 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10359 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10360 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10361 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10362 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10363 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10364 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10365 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10367 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10368 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10369 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10371 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10373 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10374 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10375 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10376 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10377 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10378 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10381 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10382 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10384 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10387 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10388 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10389 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10391 if (STRINGP (value
)
10392 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10393 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10394 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10398 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10399 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10403 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10404 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10405 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10406 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10407 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10409 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10411 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10412 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10416 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10418 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10419 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10420 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10421 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10422 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10423 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10424 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10425 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10426 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10429 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10430 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10431 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10432 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10433 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10434 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10435 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10436 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10438 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10439 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10440 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10441 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10442 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10443 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10444 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10445 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10446 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10447 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10448 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10449 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10450 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10452 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10454 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10455 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10456 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10457 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10458 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10459 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10460 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10461 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10462 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10464 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10465 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10466 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10467 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10468 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10469 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10470 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10471 /* For properties of font. */
10472 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10473 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10475 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10476 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10477 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10478 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10479 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10480 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10481 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10483 /* Ghostscript support. */
10484 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10485 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10487 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10493 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10494 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10495 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10496 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10497 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10498 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10499 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10500 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10501 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10502 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10503 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10504 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10505 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10506 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10508 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10510 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10511 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10512 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10513 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10515 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10516 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10517 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10519 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10520 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10523 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10524 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10526 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10528 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10529 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10533 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10536 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10538 #ifdef subprocesses
10539 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10540 if (connection
!= 0)
10541 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10545 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10546 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10549 if (interrupt_input
)
10550 init_sigio (connection
);
10551 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10555 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10556 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10559 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10560 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10561 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10562 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10563 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10564 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10565 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10566 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10568 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10569 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10570 x_uncatch_errors ();
10574 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10575 for debugging X code. */
10578 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10579 build_string ("synchronous"),
10580 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10582 if (STRINGP (value
)
10583 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10584 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10585 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10590 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10591 build_string ("useXIM"),
10592 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10595 if (STRINGP (value
)
10596 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10597 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10600 if (STRINGP (value
)
10601 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10602 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10608 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10609 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10611 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10612 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10620 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10621 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10624 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10627 struct terminal
*t
;
10629 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10631 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10632 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10635 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10636 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10639 delete_terminal (t
);
10643 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10645 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10646 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10647 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10648 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10649 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10654 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10655 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10657 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10659 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10662 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10666 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10667 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10669 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10670 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10673 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10675 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10676 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10677 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10680 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10681 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10682 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10686 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10688 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10689 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10690 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10691 that slows us down. */
10694 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10695 struct atimer
*timer
;
10698 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10699 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10701 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10702 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10703 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10704 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10709 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10710 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10711 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10712 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10713 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10714 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10715 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10718 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10721 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10723 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10725 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10726 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10727 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10732 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10735 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10737 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10739 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10741 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10745 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10747 x_after_update_window_line
,
10748 x_update_window_begin
,
10749 x_update_window_end
,
10755 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10757 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10758 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10759 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10760 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10761 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10762 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10763 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10764 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10765 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10766 x_clear_frame_area
,
10767 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10768 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10769 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10773 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10775 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10777 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10779 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10780 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10781 if (!terminal
->name
)
10786 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10789 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10792 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10793 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10794 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10796 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10797 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10799 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10800 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10801 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10802 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10804 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10805 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10806 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10807 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10808 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10809 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10810 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10811 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10812 leaks in other situations. */
10814 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10815 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10817 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10819 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10820 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10821 closing all the displays. */
10822 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10826 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10828 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10829 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10831 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10833 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10836 /* Mark as dead. */
10837 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10838 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10842 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10843 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10845 static struct terminal
*
10846 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10848 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10850 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10852 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10853 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10854 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10856 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10858 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10859 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10860 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10861 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10862 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10863 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10864 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10865 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10866 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10867 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10868 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10869 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10870 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10871 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10872 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10873 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10874 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10875 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10876 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10877 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10879 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10880 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10882 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10883 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10884 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10885 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10886 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10887 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10899 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10900 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10901 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10903 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10907 current_count
= -1;
10910 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10911 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10913 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10914 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10916 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10918 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10919 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10920 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10921 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10922 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10923 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10924 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10926 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10929 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10931 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10932 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10936 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10937 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10938 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10940 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10941 original error handler. */
10942 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10943 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10945 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10947 xgselect_initialize ();
10954 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10956 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10957 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10959 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10960 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10962 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10963 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10965 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10966 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10968 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10969 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10972 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10973 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10975 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10976 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10979 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10980 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10981 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10982 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10983 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10984 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10985 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10987 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10989 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10990 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10991 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10992 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10993 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10994 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10995 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10997 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10998 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10999 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11000 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11001 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11002 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11003 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11004 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11005 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11007 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11008 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11009 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11010 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11011 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11013 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
11014 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11015 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
11017 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
11019 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
11022 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11025 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11026 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11028 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
11029 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
11030 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11031 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
11032 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11033 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
11034 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11035 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
11036 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11038 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11039 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11040 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11041 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11042 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11043 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11045 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11046 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11047 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11048 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11049 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11050 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11052 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11053 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11054 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11055 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11056 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11057 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11059 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11060 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11061 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11062 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11063 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11064 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11066 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11067 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11068 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11069 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11070 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11074 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11076 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11077 (do not change this comment) */